blob: 9160a3f674136349a7796ab3946d731c3a4775ad [file] [log] [blame]
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +000014
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000015#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +000017#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
20#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000024#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000027#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +000028#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
Alp Tokerb6cc5922014-05-03 03:45:55 +000029#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
Richard Smith4caa4492015-05-15 02:34:32 +000030#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000031#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000032#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000039#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000041#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000042#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000043#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000044#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000045#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000046#include <algorithm>
47#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000048#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000049#include <list>
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +000050#include <map>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000051#include <set>
52#include <utility>
53#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000054
55using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000056using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000057
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000058namespace {
59 class UnqualUsingEntry {
60 const DeclContext *Nominated;
61 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000062
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000063 public:
64 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
65 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
66 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
67 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000068
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000069 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
70 return CommonAncestor;
71 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000072
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000073 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
74 return Nominated;
75 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000076
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000077 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
78 struct Comparator {
79 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
80 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
81 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000082
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000083 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
84 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
85 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000086
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000087 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
88 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
89 }
90 };
91 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000092
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000093 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
94 /// lookup.
95 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000096 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000097
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000098 ListTy list;
99 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000100
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000101 public:
102 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000103
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000104 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000105 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000106 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
107 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
108 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000109 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000110 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000111
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000112 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000113 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
114 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
115 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000116 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000117 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
118 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
119 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Aaron Ballman5df6aa42014-03-17 17:03:37 +0000120 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
121 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000122 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000123 }
124 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000125
126 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
127 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
128 // declared in the context.
129 //
130 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
131 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
132 // the effective DCs right.
133 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000134 if (!visited.insert(DC).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000135 return;
136
137 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
138 }
139
140 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
141 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
142 // were declared in the effective DC.
143 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
144 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000145 if (!visited.insert(NS).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000146 return;
147
148 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
149 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
150 }
151
152 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
153 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
154 // the given effective context.
155 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +0000156 SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000157 while (true) {
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +0000158 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000159 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000160 if (visited.insert(NS).second) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000161 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
162 queue.push_back(NS);
163 }
164 }
165
166 if (queue.empty())
167 return;
168
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000169 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000170 }
171 }
172
173 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
174 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
175 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
176 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
177 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
178 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
179 // the first.
180 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
181 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
182 // the nominated namespace.
183 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
184 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
185 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000186 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000187
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000188 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
189 }
190
191 void done() {
192 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
193 }
194
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000195 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000196
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000197 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
198 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
199
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000200 llvm::iterator_range<const_iterator>
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000201 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000202 return llvm::make_range(std::equal_range(begin(), end(),
203 DC->getPrimaryContext(),
204 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator()));
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000205 }
206 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +0000207} // end anonymous namespace
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000208
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000209// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
210// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000211static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
212 bool CPlusPlus,
213 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000214 unsigned IDNS = 0;
215 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000216 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000217 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000218 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000219 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000220 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000221 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000222 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000223 if (Redeclaration)
224 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000225 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000226 if (Redeclaration)
227 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000228 break;
229
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000230 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
231 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
232 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
233 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
234 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
235 break;
236
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000237 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000238 if (CPlusPlus) {
239 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
240
241 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
242 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
243 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
244 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
245 // "overload" with tag decls.
246 if (Redeclaration)
247 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
248 } else {
249 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
250 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000251 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000252
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000253 case Sema::LookupLabel:
254 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
255 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000256
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000257 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
258 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
259 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000260 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000261 break;
262
263 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000264 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
265 break;
266
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000267 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000268 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000269 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000270
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000271 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000272 assert(Redeclaration && "should only be used for redecl lookup");
273 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member |
274 Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
275 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000276 break;
277
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000278 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
279 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
280 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000281
Alexey Bataev94a4f0c2016-03-03 05:21:39 +0000282 case Sema::LookupOMPReductionName:
283 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_OMPReduction;
284 break;
285
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000286 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000287 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000288 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
289 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
290 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000291 }
292 return IDNS;
293}
294
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000295void LookupResult::configure() {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000296 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000297 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000298
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000299 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
300 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
301 // operators can be found.
302 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
303 case OO_New:
304 case OO_Delete:
305 case OO_Array_New:
306 case OO_Array_Delete:
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000307 getSema().DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000308 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000309
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000310 default:
311 break;
312 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000313
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000314 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
315 // up being declared.
316 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
317 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000318 if (!getSema().Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000319 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000320 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000321 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000322}
323
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000324bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Richard Smithf97ad222014-04-01 18:33:50 +0000325 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000326 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
327 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
328 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
329 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
330 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
331 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
332 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000333 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
334 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000335 assert((Paths != nullptr) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
336 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
337 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000338 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000339}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000340
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000341// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000342void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000343 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000344}
345
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000346/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
347/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000348static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000349 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
350 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
351 // those.
352 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
353 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
354 return DC;
355
356 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
357 // declaration must have been found there.
358 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
359}
360
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000361/// \brief Determine whether \p D is a better lookup result than \p Existing,
362/// given that they declare the same entity.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000363static bool isPreferredLookupResult(Sema &S, Sema::LookupNameKind Kind,
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000364 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *Existing) {
365 // When looking up redeclarations of a using declaration, prefer a using
366 // shadow declaration over any other declaration of the same entity.
367 if (Kind == Sema::LookupUsingDeclName && isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
368 !isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Existing))
369 return true;
370
371 auto *DUnderlying = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
372 auto *EUnderlying = Existing->getUnderlyingDecl();
373
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000374 // If they have different underlying declarations, prefer a typedef over the
375 // original type (this happens when two type declarations denote the same
376 // type), per a generous reading of C++ [dcl.typedef]p3 and p4. The typedef
377 // might carry additional semantic information, such as an alignment override.
378 // However, per C++ [dcl.typedef]p5, when looking up a tag name, prefer a tag
379 // declaration over a typedef.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000380 if (DUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl() != EUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl()) {
381 assert(isa<TypeDecl>(DUnderlying) && isa<TypeDecl>(EUnderlying));
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000382 bool HaveTag = isa<TagDecl>(EUnderlying);
383 bool WantTag = Kind == Sema::LookupTagName;
384 return HaveTag != WantTag;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000385 }
386
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000387 // Pick the function with more default arguments.
388 // FIXME: In the presence of ambiguous default arguments, we should keep both,
389 // so we can diagnose the ambiguity if the default argument is needed.
390 // See C++ [over.match.best]p3.
391 if (auto *DFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
392 auto *EFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(EUnderlying);
393 unsigned DMin = DFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
394 unsigned EMin = EFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
395 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred.
396 if (DMin != EMin)
397 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000398 // FIXME: When we track visibility for default function arguments, check
399 // that we pick the declaration with more visible default arguments.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000400 }
401
402 // Pick the template with more default template arguments.
403 if (auto *DTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
404 auto *ETD = cast<TemplateDecl>(EUnderlying);
405 unsigned DMin = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
406 unsigned EMin = ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000407 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred. Note that default
408 // arguments (and their visibility) is monotonically increasing across the
409 // redeclaration chain, so this is a quick proxy for "is more recent".
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000410 if (DMin != EMin)
411 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000412 // If D has more *visible* default arguments, it is preferred. Note, an
413 // earlier default argument being visible does not imply that a later
414 // default argument is visible, so we can't just check the first one.
415 for (unsigned I = DMin, N = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->size();
416 I != N; ++I) {
417 if (!S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
418 ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)) &&
419 S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
420 DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)))
421 return true;
422 }
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000423 }
424
Vassil Vassilev4d75e8d2016-02-28 19:08:24 +0000425 // VarDecl can have incomplete array types, prefer the one with more complete
426 // array type.
427 if (VarDecl *DVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
428 VarDecl *EVD = cast<VarDecl>(EUnderlying);
429 if (EVD->getType()->isIncompleteType() &&
430 !DVD->getType()->isIncompleteType()) {
431 // Prefer the decl with a more complete type if visible.
432 return S.isVisible(DVD);
433 }
434 return false; // Avoid picking up a newer decl, just because it was newer.
435 }
436
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000437 // For most kinds of declaration, it doesn't really matter which one we pick.
438 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying) && !isa<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
439 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
440 // keep what we've got.
441 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
442 }
443
444 // Pick the newer declaration; it might have a more precise type.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000445 for (Decl *Prev = DUnderlying->getPreviousDecl(); Prev;
446 Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl())
447 if (Prev == EUnderlying)
448 return true;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000449 return false;
450}
451
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000452/// Determine whether \p D can hide a tag declaration.
453static bool canHideTag(NamedDecl *D) {
454 // C++ [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
455 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region [...]
456 // exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration name
457 // that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all refer to
458 // the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions and function
459 // templates; in this case the class name or enumeration name is hidden.
460 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
461 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of a
462 // variable, data member, function, or enumerator declared in the same
463 // scope.
464 D = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
465 return isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D) ||
466 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || isa<FieldDecl>(D);
467}
468
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000469/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000470void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000471 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000472
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000473 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000474 if (N == 0) {
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000475 assert(ResultKind == NotFound ||
476 ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000477 return;
478 }
479
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000480 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
481 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000482 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000483 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
484 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000485 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000486 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000487 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
488 return;
489 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000490
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000491 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000492 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000493
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000494 llvm::SmallDenseMap<NamedDecl*, unsigned, 16> Unique;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000495 llvm::SmallDenseMap<QualType, unsigned, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000496
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000497 bool Ambiguous = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000498 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000499 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000500 NamedDecl *HasNonFunction = nullptr;
501
502 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> EquivalentNonFunctions;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000503
504 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000505
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000506 unsigned I = 0;
507 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000508 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
509 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000510
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000511 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
Richard Smith5cd86f82015-11-03 03:13:11 +0000512 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && !(I == 0 && N == 1)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000513 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
514 continue;
515 }
516
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000517 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ExistingI;
518
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000519 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
520 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
521 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
522 // canonical type.
523 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000524 QualType T = getSema().Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
525 auto UniqueResult = UniqueTypes.insert(
526 std::make_pair(getSema().Context.getCanonicalType(T), I));
527 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
528 // The type is not unique.
529 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000530 }
531 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000532
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000533 // For non-type declarations, check for a prior lookup result naming this
534 // canonical declaration.
535 if (!ExistingI) {
536 auto UniqueResult = Unique.insert(std::make_pair(D, I));
537 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
538 // We've seen this entity before.
539 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000540 }
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000541 }
542
543 if (ExistingI) {
544 // This is not a unique lookup result. Pick one of the results and
545 // discard the other.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000546 if (isPreferredLookupResult(getSema(), getLookupKind(), Decls[I],
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000547 Decls[*ExistingI]))
548 Decls[*ExistingI] = Decls[I];
549 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000550 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000551 }
552
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000553 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000554
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000555 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
556 HasUnresolved = true;
557 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
558 if (HasTag)
559 Ambiguous = true;
560 UniqueTagIndex = I;
561 HasTag = true;
562 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
563 HasFunction = true;
564 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
565 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
566 HasFunction = true;
567 } else {
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000568 if (HasNonFunction) {
569 // If we're about to create an ambiguity between two declarations that
570 // are equivalent, but one is an internal linkage declaration from one
571 // module and the other is an internal linkage declaration from another
572 // module, just skip it.
573 if (getSema().isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(HasNonFunction,
574 D)) {
575 EquivalentNonFunctions.push_back(D);
576 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
577 continue;
578 }
579
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000580 Ambiguous = true;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000581 }
582 HasNonFunction = D;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000583 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000584 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000585 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000586
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000587 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
588 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
589 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
590 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
591 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
592 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
593 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
594 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
595 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000596 if (N > 1 && HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000597 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000598 NamedDecl *OtherDecl = Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1];
599 if (isa<TagDecl>(Decls[UniqueTagIndex]->getUnderlyingDecl()) &&
600 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
601 getContextForScopeMatching(OtherDecl)) &&
602 canHideTag(OtherDecl))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000603 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
604 else
605 Ambiguous = true;
606 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000607
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000608 // FIXME: This diagnostic should really be delayed until we're done with
609 // the lookup result, in case the ambiguity is resolved by the caller.
610 if (!EquivalentNonFunctions.empty() && !Ambiguous)
611 getSema().diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
612 getNameLoc(), HasNonFunction, EquivalentNonFunctions);
613
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000614 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000615
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000616 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000617 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000618
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000619 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000620 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000621 else if (HasUnresolved)
622 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000623 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000624 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000625 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000626 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000627}
628
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000629void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000630 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000631 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000632 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
633 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000634 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000635}
636
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000637void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000638 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
639 Paths->swap(P);
640 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
641 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000642 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000643}
644
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000645void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000646 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
647 Paths->swap(P);
648 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
649 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000650 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000651}
652
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000653void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000654 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
655 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
656 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000657
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000658 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
659 Out << "\n";
660 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
661 }
662}
663
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +0000664LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void LookupResult::dump() {
665 llvm::errs() << "lookup results for " << getLookupName().getAsString()
666 << ":\n";
667 for (NamedDecl *D : *this)
668 D->dump();
669}
670
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000671/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
672/// fail.
673static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
674 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
675
676 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
677 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
678 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
679 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
680 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
681 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
682 if (II) {
Eric Fiselier6ad68552016-07-01 01:24:09 +0000683 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName) {
684 if (II == S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqName()) {
685 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqDecl());
686 return true;
687 } else if (II == S.getASTContext().getTypePackElementName()) {
688 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getTypePackElementDecl());
689 return true;
690 }
David Majnemerd9b1a4f2015-11-04 03:40:30 +0000691 }
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000692
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000693 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
694 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
Anastasia Stulovab607e0f2016-02-02 11:29:43 +0000695 // In C++ and OpenCL (spec v1.2 s6.9.f), we don't have any predefined
696 // library functions like 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
697 if ((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000698 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
699 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000700
701 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
702 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000703 R.isForRedeclaration(),
704 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000705 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000706 return true;
707 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000708 }
709 }
710 }
711
712 return false;
713}
714
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000715/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
716/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000717static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000718 // We need to have a definition for the class.
719 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
720 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000721
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000722 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000723 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000724}
725
726void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000727 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000728 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000729
730 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000731 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000732 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000733
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000734 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000735 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000736 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000737
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000738 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000739 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000740 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
741
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000742 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000743 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
744 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Richard Smitha87b7662016-05-13 18:48:05 +0000745 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000746
747 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
748 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Richard Smitha87b7662016-05-13 18:48:05 +0000749 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000750 }
751
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000752 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000753 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000754 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000755}
756
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000757/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000758/// special member function.
759static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
760 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000761 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000762 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
763 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000764
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000765 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
766 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000767
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000768 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000769 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000770 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000771
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000772 return false;
773}
774
775/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
776/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000777static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000778 DeclarationName Name,
779 const DeclContext *DC) {
780 if (!DC)
781 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000782
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000783 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000784 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
785 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000786 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000787 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000788 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000789 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000790 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000791 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000792 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000793 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
794 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000795 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000796 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000797
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000798 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
799 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000800 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000801 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000802 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000803 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000804
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000805 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
806 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
807 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000808
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000809 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000810 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000811 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000812 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000813 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000814 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000815 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
816 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
817 }
818 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000819 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000820
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000821 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000822 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000823 }
824}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000825
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000826// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
827// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000828static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000829 bool Found = false;
830
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000831 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000832 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000833 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000834
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000835 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
Richard Smithcf4bdde2015-02-21 02:45:19 +0000836 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
837 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000838 ++I) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000839 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000840 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000841 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000842 Found = true;
843 }
844 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000845
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000846 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
847 return true;
848
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000849 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000850 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
851 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
852 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
853 return Found;
854
855 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000856 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000857 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
858 // context of the use are considered. [...]
859 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000860 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000861 return Found;
862
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000863 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
864 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000865 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
866 if (!ConvTemplate)
867 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000868
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000869 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000870 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
871 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000872 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
873 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
874 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
875 Found = true;
876 continue;
877 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000878
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000879 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000880 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
881 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000882 // name lookup.
883 //
884 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
885 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000886 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000887 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
888 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000889 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000890 FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000891
892 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000893 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
894 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000895
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000896 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
897 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
898 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000899 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000900 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +0000901 EPI.ExceptionSpec = EST_None;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000902 QualType ExpectedType
903 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000904 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000905
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000906 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
907 // expect the function to have.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000908 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, nullptr, ExpectedType,
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000909 Specialization, Info)
910 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
911 R.addDecl(Specialization);
912 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000913 }
914 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000915
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000916 return Found;
917}
918
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000919// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000920static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000921CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000922 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000923
924 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
925
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000926 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000927 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000928
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000929 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
930 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000931 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS))
932 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UUE.getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000933 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000934
935 R.resolveKind();
936
937 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000938}
939
940static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000941 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000942 return Ctx->isFileContext();
943 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000944}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000945
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000946// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
947// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
948// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
949// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
950// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
951// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
952// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
953static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000954 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000955 DeclContext *Lexical = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000956 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000957 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
958 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000959 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000960 break;
961 }
962 }
963
964 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
965 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
966 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
967 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
968 // a member of this namespace.
969 //
970 // Example:
971 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000972 // namespace N {
973 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000974 //
975 // template<class T> class B {
976 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000977 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000978 // }
979 //
980 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
981 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
982 // }
983 //
984 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
985 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000986 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000987 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
988 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
989
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000990 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000991 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
992 // template<class C>.
993 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
994 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
995 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
996 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000997
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000998 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
999 // the example, this is namespace N.
1000 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
1001 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
1002 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001003
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001004 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
1005 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
1006 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
1007 // example, this is the global scope.
1008 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
1009 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
1010 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
1011
1012 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001013}
1014
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001015namespace {
1016/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
1017/// declarations.
1018struct FindLocalExternScope {
1019 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
1020 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
1021 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
1022 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
1023 }
1024 void restore() {
1025 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
1026 }
1027 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
1028 restore();
1029 }
1030 LookupResult &R;
1031 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
1032};
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00001033} // end anonymous namespace
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001034
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001035bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001036 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001037
1038 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001039 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001040
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001041 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
1042 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
1043 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
1044 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001045 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001046 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
1047 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001048
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001049 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
1050 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
1051
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001052 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001053 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001054 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
1055 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001056
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001057 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +00001058 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001059 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
1060 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
1061 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00001062 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001063 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001064 //
1065 // For example:
1066 // namespace A { int i; }
1067 // void foo() {
1068 // int i;
1069 // {
1070 // using namespace A;
1071 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
1072 // }
1073 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001074 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001075 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
1076 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001077 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001078 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001079
1080 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1081 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1082
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001083 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001084 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001085 bool SearchNamespaceScope = true;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001086 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001087 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001088 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001089 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage &&
1090 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
1091 // If it's a template parameter, we still find it, so we can diagnose
1092 // the invalid redeclaration.
1093
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001094 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1095 // out-of-scope.
1096 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
1097 LeftStartingScope = true;
1098
1099 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001100 // does not have linkage, skip it.
1101 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001102 R.setShadowed();
1103 continue;
1104 }
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001105 } else {
1106 // We found something in this scope, we should not look at the
1107 // namespace scope
1108 SearchNamespaceScope = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001109 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001110 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001111 }
1112 }
Olivier Goffart12b221982016-06-16 21:39:46 +00001113 if (!SearchNamespaceScope) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001114 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001115 if (S->isClassScope())
1116 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
1117 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001118 return true;
1119 }
1120
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001121 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001122 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
1123 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
1124 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
1125 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
1126 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
1127 return false;
1128 }
1129
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001130 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1131 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1132 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001133 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001134 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1135 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1136 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1137 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001138 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001139 }
1140
1141 if (Ctx) {
1142 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1143 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001144 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001145 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1146 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1147
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00001148 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001149 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1150 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1151 // non-transparent context.
1152 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001153 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001154
1155 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
1156 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
1157 // function/method are present within the Scope.
1158 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
1159 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
1160 // in the corresponding interface.
1161 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1162 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1163 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1164 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1165 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001166 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001167 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001168 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1169 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001170 R.resolveKind();
1171 return true;
1172 }
1173 }
1174 }
1175 }
1176
1177 continue;
1178 }
1179
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001180 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1181 // lookup considering using directives.
1182 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001183 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1184 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1185 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001186 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1187 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1188 continue;
1189
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001190 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001191 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001192
1193 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1194 // from local scopes.
1195 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1196 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1197 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1198 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1199 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1200
1201 UDirs.done();
1202
1203 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1204 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001205
1206 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1207 R.resolveKind();
1208 return true;
1209 }
1210
1211 continue;
1212 }
1213
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001214 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1215 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1216 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1217 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1218 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1219 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001220 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001221 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001222 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001223 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001224 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001225
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001226 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1227 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1228 if (!S) return false;
1229
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001230 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001231 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001232 return false;
1233
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001234 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001235 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001236 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001237 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1238 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001239 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1240 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1241 UDirs.done();
1242 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001243
1244 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1245 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1246 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1247 FindLocals.restore();
1248
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001249 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001250 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1251 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1252 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1253 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001254 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001255 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001256 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001257 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001258 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1259 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1260 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1261 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001262 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001263 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001264 }
1265 }
1266
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001267 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001268 R.resolveKind();
1269 return true;
1270 }
1271
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001272 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001273 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1274 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1275 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001276 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001277 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1278 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1279 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1280 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001281 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001282 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001283
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001284 if (Ctx) {
1285 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1286 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001287 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001288 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1289 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1290
1291 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1292 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1293 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1294 // non-transparent context.
1295 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1296 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001297
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001298 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1299 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1300 // look into that context.
1301 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1302 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1303 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001304
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001305 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1306 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1307 Found = true;
1308 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001309
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001310 if (Found) {
1311 R.resolveKind();
1312 return true;
1313 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001314
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001315 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1316 return false;
1317 }
1318 }
1319
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001320 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001321 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001322 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001323
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001324 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001325}
1326
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001327/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1328/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1329static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1330 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1331}
1332
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001333Module *Sema::getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1334 // If it's imported, grab its owning module.
1335 Module *M = Entity->getImportedOwningModule();
1336 if (M || !isa<NamedDecl>(Entity) || !cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->isHidden())
1337 return M;
1338 assert(!Entity->isFromASTFile() &&
1339 "hidden entity from AST file has no owning module");
1340
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001341 if (!getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1342 // If we're not tracking visibility locally, the only way a declaration
1343 // can be hidden and local is if it's hidden because it's parent is (for
1344 // instance, maybe this is a lazily-declared special member of an imported
1345 // class).
1346 auto *Parent = cast<NamedDecl>(Entity->getDeclContext());
1347 assert(Parent->isHidden() && "unexpectedly hidden decl");
1348 return getOwningModule(Parent);
1349 }
1350
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001351 // It's local and hidden; grab or compute its owning module.
1352 M = Entity->getLocalOwningModule();
1353 if (M)
1354 return M;
1355
1356 if (auto *Containing =
1357 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Entity->getLocation())) {
1358 M = Containing;
1359 } else if (Entity->isInvalidDecl() || Entity->getLocation().isInvalid()) {
1360 // Don't bother tracking visibility for invalid declarations with broken
1361 // locations.
1362 cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->setHidden(false);
1363 } else {
1364 // We need to assign a module to an entity that exists outside of any
1365 // module, so that we can hide it from modules that we textually enter.
1366 // Invent a fake module for all such entities.
1367 if (!CachedFakeTopLevelModule) {
1368 CachedFakeTopLevelModule =
1369 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap().findOrCreateModule(
1370 "<top-level>", nullptr, false, false).first;
1371
1372 auto &SrcMgr = PP.getSourceManager();
1373 SourceLocation StartLoc =
1374 SrcMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(SrcMgr.getMainFileID());
1375 auto &TopLevel =
1376 VisibleModulesStack.empty() ? VisibleModules : VisibleModulesStack[0];
1377 TopLevel.setVisible(CachedFakeTopLevelModule, StartLoc);
1378 }
1379
1380 M = CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1381 }
1382
1383 if (M)
1384 Entity->setLocalOwningModule(M);
1385 return M;
1386}
1387
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001388void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc) {
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001389 if (auto *M = PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Loc))
1390 Context.mergeDefinitionIntoModule(ND, M);
1391 else
1392 // We're not building a module; just make the definition visible.
1393 ND->setHidden(false);
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001394
1395 // If ND is a template declaration, make the template parameters
1396 // visible too. They're not (necessarily) within a mergeable DeclContext.
1397 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND))
1398 for (auto *Param : *TD->getTemplateParameters())
1399 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Param, Loc);
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001400}
1401
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001402/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001403static Module *getDefiningModule(Sema &S, Decl *Entity) {
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001404 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1405 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1406 // the module containing the pattern.
1407 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1408 Entity = Pattern;
1409 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
Reid Klecknere7367d62014-10-14 20:28:40 +00001410 if (CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = RD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1411 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001412 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1413 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1414 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1415 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1416 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1417 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1418 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1419 }
1420
1421 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1422 // from a template.
1423 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1424 if (Context->isFileContext())
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001425 return S.getOwningModule(Entity);
1426 return getDefiningModule(S, cast<Decl>(Context));
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001427}
1428
1429llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1430 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1431 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1432 I != N; ++I) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001433 Module *M =
1434 getDefiningModule(*this, ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001435 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001436 M = nullptr;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001437 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1438 }
1439 return LookupModulesCache;
1440}
1441
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001442bool Sema::hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def) {
1443 for (Module *Merged : Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Def))
1444 if (isModuleVisible(Merged))
1445 return true;
1446 return false;
1447}
1448
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001449template<typename ParmDecl>
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001450static bool
1451hasVisibleDefaultArgument(Sema &S, const ParmDecl *D,
1452 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001453 if (!D->hasDefaultArgument())
1454 return false;
1455
1456 while (D) {
1457 auto &DefaultArg = D->getDefaultArgStorage();
1458 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && S.isVisible(D))
1459 return true;
1460
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001461 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && Modules) {
1462 auto *NonConstD = const_cast<ParmDecl*>(D);
1463 Modules->push_back(S.getOwningModule(NonConstD));
1464 const auto &Merged = S.Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstD);
1465 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1466 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001467
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001468 // If there was a previous default argument, maybe its parameter is visible.
1469 D = DefaultArg.getInheritedFrom();
1470 }
1471 return false;
1472}
1473
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001474bool Sema::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1475 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001476 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001477 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001478 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001479 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
1480 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D),
1481 Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001482}
1483
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001484bool Sema::hasVisibleMemberSpecialization(
1485 const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
1486 assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()) &&
1487 "not a member specialization");
1488 for (auto *Redecl : D->redecls()) {
1489 // If the specialization is declared at namespace scope, then it's a member
1490 // specialization declaration. If it's lexically inside the class
1491 // definition then it was instantiated.
1492 //
1493 // FIXME: This is a hack. There should be a better way to determine this.
1494 // FIXME: What about MS-style explicit specializations declared within a
1495 // class definition?
1496 if (Redecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
1497 auto *NonConstR = const_cast<NamedDecl*>(cast<NamedDecl>(Redecl));
1498
1499 if (isVisible(NonConstR))
1500 return true;
1501
1502 if (Modules) {
1503 Modules->push_back(getOwningModule(NonConstR));
1504 const auto &Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstR);
1505 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1506 }
1507 }
1508 }
1509
1510 return false;
1511}
1512
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001513/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1514///
1515/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1516/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1517/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1518/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1519/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1520/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1521bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001522 assert(D->isHidden() && "should not call this: not in slow case");
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001523 Module *DeclModule = nullptr;
1524
1525 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1526 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1527 if (!DeclModule) {
1528 // getOwningModule() may have decided the declaration should not be hidden.
1529 assert(!D->isHidden() && "hidden decl not from a module");
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001530 return true;
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001531 }
1532
1533 // If the owning module is visible, and the decl is not module private,
1534 // then the decl is visible too. (Module private is ignored within the same
1535 // top-level module.)
1536 if ((!D->isFromASTFile() || !D->isModulePrivate()) &&
1537 (SemaRef.isModuleVisible(DeclModule) ||
1538 SemaRef.hasVisibleMergedDefinition(D)))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001539 return true;
1540 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001541
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001542 // If this declaration is not at namespace scope nor module-private,
1543 // then it is visible if its lexical parent has a visible definition.
1544 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
1545 if (!D->isModulePrivate() &&
1546 DC && !DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001547 // For a parameter, check whether our current template declaration's
1548 // lexical context is visible, not whether there's some other visible
1549 // definition of it, because parameters aren't "within" the definition.
1550 if ((D->isTemplateParameter() || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
1551 ? isVisible(SemaRef, cast<NamedDecl>(DC))
1552 : SemaRef.hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(DC))) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001553 if (SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1554 // FIXME: Do something better in this case.
1555 !SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001556 // Cache the fact that this declaration is implicitly visible because
1557 // its parent has a visible definition.
1558 D->setHidden(false);
1559 }
1560 return true;
1561 }
1562 return false;
1563 }
1564
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001565 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1566 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1567 if (LookupModules.empty())
1568 return false;
1569
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001570 if (!DeclModule) {
1571 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1572 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1573 }
1574
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001575 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1576 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1577 return true;
1578
1579 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1580 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1581 return false;
1582
1583 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1584 // the lookup set.
Yaron Keren941ad902015-11-23 19:28:42 +00001585 return std::any_of(LookupModules.begin(), LookupModules.end(),
Yaron Keren4c31fcf2015-11-24 20:18:24 +00001586 [&](Module *M) { return M->isModuleVisible(DeclModule); });
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001587}
1588
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001589bool Sema::isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D) {
1590 return LookupResult::isVisible(*this, const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D));
1591}
1592
Richard Smith10568d82015-11-17 03:02:41 +00001593bool Sema::shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &R, const NamedDecl *New) {
1594 for (auto *D : R) {
1595 if (isVisible(D))
1596 return true;
1597 }
1598 return New->isExternallyVisible();
1599}
1600
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001601/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1602///
1603/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1604/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1605/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001606///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001607/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1608/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001609static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1610 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001611
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001612 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
Richard Smith4083e032016-02-17 21:52:44 +00001613 // Don't bother with extra checks if we already know this one isn't visible.
1614 if (RD == D)
1615 continue;
1616
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001617 auto ND = cast<NamedDecl>(RD);
1618 // FIXME: This is wrong in the case where the previous declaration is not
1619 // visible in the same scope as D. This needs to be done much more
1620 // carefully.
1621 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
1622 return ND;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001623 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001624
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001625 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001626}
1627
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001628bool Sema::hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D,
1629 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
1630 assert(!isVisible(D) && "not in slow case");
1631
1632 for (auto *Redecl : D->redecls()) {
1633 auto *NonConstR = const_cast<NamedDecl*>(cast<NamedDecl>(Redecl));
1634 if (isVisible(NonConstR))
1635 return true;
1636
1637 if (Modules) {
1638 Modules->push_back(getOwningModule(NonConstR));
1639 const auto &Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstR);
1640 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1641 }
1642 }
1643
1644 return false;
1645}
1646
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001647NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
Richard Smith4083e032016-02-17 21:52:44 +00001648 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1649 // Namespaces are a bit of a special case: we expect there to be a lot of
1650 // redeclarations of some namespaces, all declarations of a namespace are
1651 // essentially interchangeable, all declarations are found by name lookup
1652 // if any is, and namespaces are never looked up during template
1653 // instantiation. So we benefit from caching the check in this case, and
1654 // it is correct to do so.
1655 auto *Key = ND->getCanonicalDecl();
1656 if (auto *Acceptable = getSema().VisibleNamespaceCache.lookup(Key))
1657 return Acceptable;
1658 auto *Acceptable =
1659 isVisible(getSema(), Key) ? Key : findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), Key);
1660 if (Acceptable)
1661 getSema().VisibleNamespaceCache.insert(std::make_pair(Key, Acceptable));
1662 return Acceptable;
1663 }
1664
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +00001665 return findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), D);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001666}
1667
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001668/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1669/// scope.
1670///
1671/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1672/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1673/// @code
1674/// int x;
1675/// int f() {
1676/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1677/// }
1678/// @endcode
1679///
1680/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1681/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1682/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1683/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1684/// class LookupCriteria.
1685///
1686/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1687/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1688/// in the parent scopes.
1689///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001690/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1691/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1692/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1693/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001694///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001695/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001696bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1697 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001698 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001699
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001700 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1701
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001702 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001703 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1704 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001705 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001706 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1707 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001708 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001709 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001710 }
1711
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001712 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1713 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1714
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001715 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1716 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1717 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1718 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001719 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1720
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001721 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001722 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001723 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001724 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001725 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1726 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1727 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001728 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001729 LeftStartingScope = true;
1730
1731 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1732 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001733 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1734 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001735 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001736 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001737 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001738 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1739 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1740 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001741
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001742 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001743
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001744 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1745 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001746 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001747 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1748 // actually exists in a Scope).
1749 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1750 S = S->getParent();
1751
1752 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1753 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1754 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1755 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001756 S = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001757
1758 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001759 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001760 if (!S)
1761 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1762
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001763 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1764 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001765 if (S) {
1766 // Match based on scope.
1767 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1768 break;
1769 } else {
1770 // Match based on DeclContext.
1771 DeclContext *LastDC
1772 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1773 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1774 break;
1775 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001776
1777 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1778 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1779 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001780 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001781
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001782 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001783 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001784
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001785 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001786 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001787 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001788 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001789 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001790 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001791 }
1792
1793 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1794 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1795 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001796 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1797 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001798
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001799 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1800 // may be able to handle the situation.
1801 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1802 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1803 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001804}
1805
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001806/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1807/// using directives by the given context.
1808///
1809/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001810/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001811/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1812/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1813/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1814/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1815/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1816/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1817/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1818/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1819/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1820/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1821/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1822/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001823///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001824/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1825/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1826/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1827/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1828/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1829/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1830/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1831/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1832/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001833static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001834 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001835 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1836
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001837 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1838 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001839
1840 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001841 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001842 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1843
1844 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1845 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001846 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001847
1848 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1849 // with its using-children.
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001850 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1851 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001852 if (Visited.insert(ND).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001853 Queue.push_back(ND);
1854 }
1855
1856 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1857 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1858 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1859 // a tag.
1860 bool FoundTag = false;
1861 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1862
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001863 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001864
1865 bool Found = false;
1866 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001867 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001868
1869 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1870 // between LookupResults.
1871 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001872 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001873 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001874
1875 if (FoundDirect) {
1876 // First do any local hiding.
1877 DirectR.resolveKind();
1878
1879 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1880 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1881 FoundTag = true;
1882 else
1883 FoundNonTag = true;
1884
1885 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1886 if (UseLocal) {
1887 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1888 LocalR.clear();
1889 }
1890 }
1891
1892 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1893 if (FoundDirect) {
1894 Found = true;
1895 continue;
1896 }
1897
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001898 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00001899 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001900 if (Visited.insert(Nom).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001901 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1902 }
1903 }
1904
1905 if (Found) {
1906 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1907 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1908 else
1909 R.resolveKind();
1910 }
1911
1912 return Found;
1913}
1914
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001915/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001916static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001917 CXXBasePath &Path, DeclarationName Name) {
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001918 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001919
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001920 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001921 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001922}
1923
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001924/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001925/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1926template<typename InputIterator>
1927static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1928 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1929 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1930 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001931
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001932 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1933 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1934 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1935 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1936 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001937
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001938 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1939 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1940 break;
1941 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001942
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001943 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1944 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1945 break;
1946 }
1947 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001948
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001949 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1950 return true;
1951 }
1952
1953 return false;
1954}
1955
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001956/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001957///
1958/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1959/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001960/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001961///
1962/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1963/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1964/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1965/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1966/// class LookupCriteria.
1967///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001968/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1969///
1970/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001971/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1972/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1973///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001974/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001975/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001976///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001977/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1978bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1979 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001980 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001981
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001982 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001983 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001984
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001985 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1986 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1987 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001988 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001989 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001990 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001991
Eugene Leviant0d8103e2015-11-18 12:48:05 +00001992 struct QualifiedLookupInScope {
1993 bool oldVal;
1994 DeclContext *Context;
1995 // Set flag in DeclContext informing debugger that we're looking for qualified name
1996 QualifiedLookupInScope(DeclContext *ctx) : Context(ctx) {
1997 oldVal = ctx->setUseQualifiedLookup();
1998 }
1999 ~QualifiedLookupInScope() {
2000 Context->setUseQualifiedLookup(oldVal);
2001 }
2002 } QL(LookupCtx);
2003
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00002004 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002005 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002006 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
2007 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002008 return true;
2009 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002010
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002011 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
2012 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
2013 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
2014 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
2015 // for the namespace member has the form
2016 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
2017 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
2018 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
2019 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002020 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002021 return false;
2022
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002023 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002024 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00002025 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002026
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00002027 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00002028 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002029 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00002030 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002031 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002032
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002033 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
2034 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002035 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002036 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
2037 // or we have to fail.
2038 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
2039 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
2040 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2041 return false;
2042 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002043
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002044 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002045 CXXBasePaths Paths;
2046 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002047
2048 // Look for this member in our base classes
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00002049 bool (*BaseCallback)(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path,
2050 DeclarationName Name) = nullptr;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002051 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00002052 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002053 case LookupOrdinaryName:
2054 case LookupMemberName:
2055 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00002056 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002057 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
2058 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002059
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002060 case LookupTagName:
2061 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
2062 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00002063
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00002064 case LookupAnyName:
2065 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
2066 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002067
Alexey Bataev94a4f0c2016-03-03 05:21:39 +00002068 case LookupOMPReductionName:
2069 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOMPReductionMember;
2070 break;
2071
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00002072 case LookupUsingDeclName:
2073 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002074
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002075 case LookupOperatorName:
2076 case LookupNamespaceName:
2077 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00002078 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002079 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002080 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002081
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002082 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
2083 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
2084 break;
2085 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002086
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00002087 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
2088 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(
2089 [=](const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
2090 return BaseCallback(Specifier, Path, Name);
2091 },
2092 Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002093 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002094
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002095 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
2096
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002097 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
2098 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
2099 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
2100 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
2101 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
2102 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002103 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00002104 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00002105 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002106
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002107 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002108 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002109 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002110
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00002111 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
2112 // across all paths.
2113 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002114
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002115 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
2116 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002117 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002118 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
2119 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002120 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002121 }
2122
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002123 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002124 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
2125 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002126 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
Nikola Smiljanic1c125682014-07-09 05:42:35 +00002127 // lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002128 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002129 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002130 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
2131 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002132
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002133 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2134 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002135 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
2136 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
2137 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002138
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002139 ++FirstD;
2140 ++CurrentD;
2141 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002142
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002143 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2144 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002145 continue;
2146 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002147
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002148 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
2149 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002150 }
2151
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002152 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002153 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
2154
2155 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
2156 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
2157 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002158 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002159 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002160 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002161
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002162 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
2163 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002164 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
2165 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002166 }
2167 }
2168
2169 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
2170
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002171 for (auto *D : Paths.front().Decls) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002172 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
2173 D->getAccess());
2174 R.addDecl(D, AS);
2175 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002176 R.resolveKind();
2177 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002178}
2179
Nikola Smiljanicfce370e2014-12-01 23:15:01 +00002180/// \brief Performs qualified name lookup or special type of lookup for
2181/// "__super::" scope specifier.
2182///
2183/// This routine is a convenience overload meant to be called from contexts
2184/// that need to perform a qualified name lookup with an optional C++ scope
2185/// specifier that might require special kind of lookup.
2186///
2187/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2188///
2189/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
2190/// search.
2191///
2192/// \param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier.
2193///
2194/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
2195bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2196 CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2197 auto *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
2198 if (NNS && NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2199 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2200 else
2201
2202 return LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupCtx);
2203}
2204
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002205/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
2206/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
2207///
2208/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
2209/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
2210/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
2211/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002212/// respectively) on the given name and return those results. It will
2213/// perform a special type of lookup for "__super::" scope specifier.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002214///
2215/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
2216/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002217///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002218/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002219///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002220/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
2221/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
2222///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002223/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002224bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002225 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002226 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
2227 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002228 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002229 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002230 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002231
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002232 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002233 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS->getScopeRep();
2234 if (NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2235 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2236
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002237 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002238 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002239 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00002240 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002241 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002242
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002243 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002244 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002245 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002246
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002247 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002248 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002249 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00002250 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2251 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002252 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002253 }
2254
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002255 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002256 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002257}
2258
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002259/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into all base classes of the given
2260/// class.
2261///
2262/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2263///
2264/// \param Class The context in which qualified name lookup will
2265/// search. Name lookup will search in all base classes merging the results.
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002266///
2267/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
2268bool Sema::LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002269 // The access-control rules we use here are essentially the rules for
2270 // doing a lookup in Class that just magically skipped the direct
2271 // members of Class itself. That is, the naming class is Class, and the
2272 // access includes the access of the base.
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002273 for (const auto &BaseSpec : Class->bases()) {
2274 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
2275 BaseSpec.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2276 LookupResult Result(*this, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind());
2277 Result.setBaseObjectType(Context.getRecordType(Class));
2278 LookupQualifiedName(Result, RD);
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002279
2280 // Copy the lookup results into the target, merging the base's access into
2281 // the path access.
2282 for (auto I = Result.begin(), E = Result.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2283 R.addDecl(I.getDecl(),
2284 CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(BaseSpec.getAccessSpecifier(),
2285 I.getAccess()));
2286 }
2287
2288 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002289 }
2290
2291 R.resolveKind();
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002292 R.setNamingClass(Class);
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002293
2294 return !R.empty();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002295}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002296
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002297/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002298/// from name lookup.
2299///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002300/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002301void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002302 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
2303
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002304 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
2305 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
2306 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
2307
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002308 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
2309 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
2310 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
2311 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
2312 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
2313 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
2314 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002315
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002316 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002317 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
2318 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
2319 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002320
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002321 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002322 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002323 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002324
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002325 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002326 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
2327 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002328
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002329 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002330 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002331 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
2332 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002333 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002334 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002335 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
2336 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
2337 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002338 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002339 }
2340
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002341 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
2342 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00002343
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00002344 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 8> TagDecls;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002345
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002346 for (auto *D : Result)
2347 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002348 TagDecls.insert(TD);
2349 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
2350 }
2351
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002352 for (auto *D : Result)
2353 if (!isa<TagDecl>(D))
2354 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002355
2356 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00002357 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
2358 while (F.hasNext()) {
2359 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
2360 F.erase();
2361 }
2362 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002363 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002364 }
2365
2366 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
2367 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002368
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002369 for (auto *D : Result)
2370 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << D;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002371 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002372 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002373 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002374}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002375
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002376namespace {
2377 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002378 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002379 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2380 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002381 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
2382 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002383 }
2384
2385 Sema &S;
2386 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
2387 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002388 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002389 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00002390} // end anonymous namespace
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002391
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002392static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002393addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002394
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002395static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2396 DeclContext *Ctx) {
2397 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
2398
2399 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
2400 // be a locally scoped record.
2401
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00002402 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
2403 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
2404 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
2405 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
2406 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002407 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
2408
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002409 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002410 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002411}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002412
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002413// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002414// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002415static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002416addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2417 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002418 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002419 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002420 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2421 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2422 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002423
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002424 case TemplateArgument::Type:
2425 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
2426 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
2427 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002428 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002429 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002430
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002431 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002432 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002433 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
2434 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002435 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002436 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002437 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002438 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002439 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
2440 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002441 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002442 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002443 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002444 }
2445 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002446 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002447
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002448 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002449 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
2450 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00002451 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002452 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002453 // associated namespaces. ]
2454 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002455
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002456 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00002457 for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements())
2458 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002459 break;
2460 }
2461}
2462
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002463// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002464// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2465// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2466static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002467addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2468 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2469
2470 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2471 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2472 return;
2473
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002474 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2475 // [...]
2476 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2477 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2478 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2479 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002480 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002481
2482 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2483 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2484 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002485 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002486 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002487 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002488
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002489 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2490 // need to visit base classes.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002491 //
2492 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2493 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2494 // added its base classes yet.
Richard Smith6642bb32016-03-24 19:12:22 +00002495 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class))
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002496 return;
2497
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002498 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2499 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002500 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002501 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002502 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002503 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2504 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2505 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002506 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002507 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002508 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2509 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2510 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002511 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002512 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002513 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002514
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002515 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2516 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002517 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002518 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002519
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002520 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Richard Smithdb0ac552015-12-18 22:40:25 +00002521 if (!Result.S.isCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc,
2522 Result.S.Context.getRecordType(Class)))
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002523 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002524
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002525 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2526 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002527 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002528 Bases.push_back(Class);
2529 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2530 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002531 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002532
2533 // Visit the base classes.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002534 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2535 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002536 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2537 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2538 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2539 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2540 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2541 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2542 if (!BaseType)
2543 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002544 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
Richard Smith6642bb32016-03-24 19:12:22 +00002545 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl)) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002546 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2547 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002548 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002549
2550 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2551 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2552 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2553 }
2554 }
2555 }
2556}
2557
2558// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2559// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002560// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2561static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002562addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002563 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2564 //
2565 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2566 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2567 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2568 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2569 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2570 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2571 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2572 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002573
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002574 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002575 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2576
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002577 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002578 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2579
2580#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2581#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2582#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2583#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2584#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2585#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2586 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2587 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2588 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2589 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2590 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002591 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002592
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002593 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2594 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2595 case Type::Pointer:
2596 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2597 continue;
2598 case Type::ConstantArray:
2599 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2600 case Type::VariableArray:
2601 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2602 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002603
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002604 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2605 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2606 case Type::Builtin:
2607 break;
2608
2609 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2610 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2611 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2612 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2613 // which its associated classes are defined.
2614 case Type::Record: {
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00002615 CXXRecordDecl *Class =
2616 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002617 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002618 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002619 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002620
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002621 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2622 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002623 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002624 // it has no associated class.
2625 case Type::Enum: {
2626 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002627
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002628 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2629 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002630 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002631
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002632 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002633 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002634
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002635 break;
2636 }
2637
2638 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2639 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2640 // types and those associated with the return type.
2641 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2642 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00002643 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2644 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002645 // fallthrough
2646 }
2647 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2648 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002649 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002650 continue;
2651 }
2652
2653 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2654 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2655 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2656 // together with those associated with X.
2657 //
2658 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2659 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2660 // with the member type together with those associated with
2661 // X.
2662 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2663 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2664
2665 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2666 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2667
2668 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2669 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2670 continue;
2671 }
2672
2673 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2674 case Type::BlockPointer:
2675 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2676 continue;
2677
2678 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2679 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2680 case Type::LValueReference:
2681 case Type::RValueReference:
2682 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2683 continue;
2684
2685 // These are fundamental types.
2686 case Type::Vector:
2687 case Type::ExtVector:
2688 case Type::Complex:
2689 break;
2690
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002691 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2692 case Type::Auto:
2693 break;
2694
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002695 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2696 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2697 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002698 case Type::ObjCObject:
2699 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2700 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002701 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002702 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002703
2704 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2705 // contained type.
2706 case Type::Atomic:
2707 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2708 continue;
Xiuli Pan9c14e282016-01-09 12:53:17 +00002709 case Type::Pipe:
2710 T = cast<PipeType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2711 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002712 }
2713
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002714 if (Queue.empty())
2715 break;
2716 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002717 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002718}
2719
2720/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2721/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2722/// arguments.
2723///
2724/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002725/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002726/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002727void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2728 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2729 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2730 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002731 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2732 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2733
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002734 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2735 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002736
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002737 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2738 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2739 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2740 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2741 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2742 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002743 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002744 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002745 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2746
2747 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002748 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002749 continue;
2750 }
2751
2752 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2753 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2754 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2755 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2756 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2757 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2758 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002759 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002760 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002761 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002762 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002763
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002764 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2765 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002766
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002767 for (const auto *D : ULE->decls()) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002768 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002769 const FunctionDecl *FDecl = D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002770
2771 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2772 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002773 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002774 }
2775 }
2776}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002777
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002778NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002779 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002780 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2781 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002782 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002783 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002784 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002785}
2786
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002787/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002788ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002789 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2790 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002791 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002792 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002793 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2794}
2795
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002796void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002797 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002798 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002799 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2800 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2801 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2802 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2803 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002804 // functions are ignored.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002805 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002806 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2807 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002808
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002809 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002810 Functions.append(Operators.begin(), Operators.end());
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002811}
2812
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002813Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002814 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2815 bool ConstArg,
2816 bool VolatileArg,
2817 bool RValueThis,
2818 bool ConstThis,
2819 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002820 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002821 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002822 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002823 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2824 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2825 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2826 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2827 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2828 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2829
2830 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002831 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002832 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2833 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2834 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2835 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2836 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2837 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2838
2839 void *InsertPoint;
2840 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2841 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2842
2843 // This was already cached
2844 if (Result)
2845 return Result;
2846
Alexis Huntba8e18d2011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002847 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2848 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002849 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2850
2851 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002852 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002853 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2854 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002855 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2856 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002857 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2858 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002859 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002860 return Result;
2861 }
2862
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002863 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2864 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002865 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002866 DeclarationName Name;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002867 Expr *Arg = nullptr;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002868 unsigned NumArgs;
2869
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002870 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2871 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2872
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002873 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2874 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2875 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002876 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2877 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002878 } else {
2879 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2880 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002881 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002882 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002883 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002884 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002885 } else {
2886 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002887 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002888 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002889 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002890 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002891 }
2892
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002893 if (ConstArg)
2894 ArgType.addConst();
2895 if (VolatileArg)
2896 ArgType.addVolatile();
2897
2898 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2899 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2900 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2901 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2902 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2903 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2904 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002905 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002906 VK = VK_LValue;
2907 else
2908 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002909 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002910
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002911 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2912
2913 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002914 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002915 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002916 }
2917
2918 // Create the object argument
2919 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2920 if (ConstThis)
2921 ThisTy.addConst();
2922 if (VolatileThis)
2923 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002924 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002925 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2926 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002927
2928 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2929 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2930 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002931 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(RD->getLocation(), OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002932 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002933
2934 if (R.empty()) {
2935 // We might have no default constructor because we have a lambda's closure
2936 // type, rather than because there's some other declared constructor.
2937 // Every class has a copy/move constructor, copy/move assignment, and
2938 // destructor.
2939 assert(SM == CXXDefaultConstructor &&
2940 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
2941 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
2942 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
2943 return Result;
2944 }
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002945
2946 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2947 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2948 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2949
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002950 for (NamedDecl *CandDecl : Candidates) {
2951 if (CandDecl->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002952 continue;
2953
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002954 DeclAccessPair Cand = DeclAccessPair::make(CandDecl, AS_public);
2955 auto CtorInfo = getConstructorInfo(Cand);
2956 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002957 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002958 AddMethodCandidate(M, Cand, RD, ThisTy, Classification,
2959 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
2960 else if (CtorInfo)
2961 AddOverloadCandidate(CtorInfo.Constructor, CtorInfo.FoundDecl,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002962 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002963 else
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002964 AddOverloadCandidate(M, Cand, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS,
2965 true);
2966 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
2967 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
2968 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2969 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(
2970 Tmpl, Cand, RD, nullptr, ThisTy, Classification,
2971 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
2972 else if (CtorInfo)
2973 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
2974 CtorInfo.ConstructorTmpl, CtorInfo.FoundDecl, nullptr,
2975 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
2976 else
2977 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
2978 Tmpl, Cand, nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002979 } else {
Richard Smith5179eb72016-06-28 19:03:57 +00002980 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand.getDecl()) &&
2981 "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002982 }
2983 }
2984
2985 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2986 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2987 case OR_Success:
2988 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002989 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002990 break;
2991
2992 case OR_Deleted:
2993 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002994 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002995 break;
2996
2997 case OR_Ambiguous:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002998 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002999 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
3000 break;
3001
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003002 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003003 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00003004 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003005 break;
3006 }
3007
3008 return Result;
3009}
3010
3011/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
3012CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003013 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003014 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
3015 false, false);
3016
3017 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00003018}
3019
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003020/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
3021CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00003022 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003023 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3024 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
3025 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
3026 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3027 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
3028
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003029 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
3030}
3031
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003032/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003033CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3034 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003035 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003036 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3037 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003038
3039 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
3040}
3041
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00003042/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
3043DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003044 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00003045 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00003046 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003047 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00003048 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003049 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003050 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003051 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003052 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003053
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00003054 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
3055 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
3056 return Class->lookup(Name);
3057}
3058
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003059/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
3060CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3061 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00003062 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003063 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3064 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
3065 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3066 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
3067 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
3068 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3069 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
3070 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
3071 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
3072
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003073 return Result->getMethod();
3074}
3075
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003076/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
3077CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003078 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003079 bool RValueThis,
3080 unsigned ThisQuals) {
3081 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3082 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
3083 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003084 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3085 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003086 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
3087 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
3088
3089 return Result->getMethod();
3090}
3091
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003092/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
3093///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00003094/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
3095/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003096///
3097/// \returns The destructor for this class.
3098CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00003099 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
3100 false, false, false,
3101 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003102}
3103
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003104/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
3105/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
3106///
3107/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
3108/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
3109/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
3110Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
3111Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
3112 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003113 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
3114 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003115 LookupName(R, S);
3116 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
3117 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
3118
3119 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
3120 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
3121
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003122 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003123 bool FoundTemplate = false;
3124 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003125 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
3126
3127 while (F.hasNext()) {
3128 Decl *D = F.next();
3129 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3130 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
3131
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00003132 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
3133 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
3134 F.erase();
3135 continue;
3136 }
3137
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003138 bool IsRaw = false;
3139 bool IsTemplate = false;
3140 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
3141 bool IsExactMatch = false;
3142
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003143 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
3144 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
3145 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
3146 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00003147 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003148 IsExactMatch = true;
3149 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
3150 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
3151 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
3152 IsExactMatch = false;
3153 break;
3154 }
3155 }
3156 }
3157 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003158 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
3159 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
3160 if (Params->size() == 1)
3161 IsTemplate = true;
3162 else
3163 IsStringTemplate = true;
3164 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003165
3166 if (IsExactMatch) {
3167 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003168 AllowRaw = false;
3169 AllowTemplate = false;
3170 AllowStringTemplate = false;
3171 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003172 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
3173 // already found.
3174 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003175 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003176 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003177 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
3178 FoundRaw = true;
3179 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
3180 FoundTemplate = true;
3181 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
3182 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003183 } else {
3184 F.erase();
3185 }
3186 }
3187
3188 F.done();
3189
3190 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
3191 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
3192 // or literal operator template.
3193 if (FoundExactMatch)
3194 return LOLR_Cooked;
3195
3196 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
3197 // operator template, but not both.
3198 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
3199 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003200 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
Richard Smithc2bebe92016-05-11 20:37:46 +00003201 NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003202 return LOLR_Error;
3203 }
3204
3205 if (FoundRaw)
3206 return LOLR_Raw;
3207
3208 if (FoundTemplate)
3209 return LOLR_Template;
3210
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003211 if (FoundStringTemplate)
3212 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
3213
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003214 // Didn't find anything we could use.
3215 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
3216 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003217 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
3218 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003219 return LOLR_Error;
3220}
3221
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003222void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
3223 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
3224
3225 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
3226 // was exactly this one, we're done.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003227 if (Old == nullptr || Old == New) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003228 Old = New;
3229 return;
3230 }
3231
3232 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003233 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
3234 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003235
3236 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
3237 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00003238 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003239
3240 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
3241 // declaration; leave things as they are.
3242 if (!Cursor) return;
3243
3244 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
3245 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
3246
3247 // Otherwise, keep looking.
3248 }
3249
3250 Old = New;
3251}
3252
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003253void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
3254 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003255 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
3256 // arguments we have.
3257 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
3258 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00003259 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003260 AssociatedNamespaces,
3261 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003262
3263 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003264 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
3265 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
3266 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
3267 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
3268 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
3269 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
3270 // is the union of X and Y.
3271 //
3272 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
3273 // candidate set.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003274 for (auto *NS : AssociatedNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003275 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
3276 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
3277 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
3278 //
3279 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
3280 // ignored.
3281 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003282 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003283 // associated classes are visible within their respective
3284 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
3285 // lookup (11.4).
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003286 DeclContext::lookup_result R = NS->lookup(Name);
3287 for (auto *D : R) {
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00003288 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
3289 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003290 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
3291 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
3292 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
3293 continue;
3294
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003295 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
3296 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
3297 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
3298 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00003299 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC)) &&
3300 isVisible(cast<NamedDecl>(DI))) {
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003301 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
3302 break;
3303 }
3304 }
3305 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00003306 continue;
3307 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003308
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00003309 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3310 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003311
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003312 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003313 continue;
3314
Richard Smitha1431072015-06-12 01:32:13 +00003315 if (!isVisible(D) && !(D = findAcceptableDecl(*this, D)))
3316 continue;
3317
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003318 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00003319 }
3320 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003321}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003322
3323//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3324// Search for all visible declarations.
3325//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Angel Garcia Gomez637d1e62015-10-20 13:23:58 +00003326VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003327
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003328bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
3329
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003330namespace {
3331
3332class ShadowContextRAII;
3333
3334class VisibleDeclsRecord {
3335public:
3336 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
3337 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
3338 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003339 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003340
3341private:
3342 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
3343 /// this name within a particular scope.
3344 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
3345
3346 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
3347 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
3348
3349 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
3350 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
3351
3352 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
3353
3354public:
3355 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
3356 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
3357 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00003358 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx).second;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003359 }
3360
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003361 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
3362 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
3363 }
3364
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003365 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
3366 /// current scope.
3367 ///
3368 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
3369 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
3370 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
3371
3372 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003373 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
3374 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
3375 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003376};
3377
3378/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
3379class ShadowContextRAII {
3380 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
3381
3382 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
3383
3384public:
3385 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00003386 Visible.ShadowMaps.emplace_back();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003387 }
3388
3389 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003390 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3391 }
3392};
3393
3394} // end anonymous namespace
3395
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003396NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
3397 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3398 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3399 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3400 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3401 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3402 if (Pos == SM->end())
3403 continue;
3404
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003405 for (auto *D : Pos->second) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003406 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003407 if (D->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003408 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003409 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3410 continue;
3411
3412 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003413 if (((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003414 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003415 D->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003416 continue;
3417
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003418 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3419 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3420 // signatures!
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003421 if (D->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003422 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003423 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003424 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003425
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003426 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003427 return D;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003428 }
3429 }
3430
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003431 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003432}
3433
3434static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3435 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003436 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003437 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3438 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003439 if (!Ctx)
3440 return;
3441
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003442 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3443 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3444 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003445
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003446 // Outside C++, lookup results for the TU live on identifiers.
3447 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx) &&
3448 !Result.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3449 auto &S = Result.getSema();
3450 auto &Idents = S.Context.Idents;
3451
3452 // Ensure all external identifiers are in the identifier table.
3453 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External = Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
3454 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
3455 for (StringRef Name = Iter->Next(); !Name.empty(); Name = Iter->Next())
3456 Idents.get(Name);
3457 }
3458
3459 // Walk all lookup results in the TU for each identifier.
3460 for (const auto &Ident : Idents) {
3461 for (auto I = S.IdResolver.begin(Ident.getValue()),
3462 E = S.IdResolver.end();
3463 I != E; ++I) {
3464 if (S.IdResolver.isDeclInScope(*I, Ctx)) {
3465 if (NamedDecl *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
3466 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3467 Visited.add(ND);
3468 }
3469 }
3470 }
3471 }
3472
3473 return;
3474 }
3475
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003476 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3477 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3478
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003479 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Richard Trieu20abd6b2015-04-15 03:48:48 +00003480 for (DeclContextLookupResult R : Ctx->lookups()) {
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003481 for (auto *D : R) {
3482 if (auto *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(D)) {
3483 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3484 Visited.add(ND);
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003485 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003486 }
3487 }
3488
3489 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3490 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3491 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00003492 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00003493 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003494 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003495 }
3496 }
3497
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003498 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003499 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003500 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3501 return;
3502
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00003503 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
3504 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003505
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003506 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3507 // there anyway.
3508 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3509 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003510
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003511 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3512 if (!Record)
3513 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003514
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003515 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3516 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3517 //
3518 // struct A { int member; };
3519 // struct B { int member; };
3520 // struct C : A, B { };
3521 //
3522 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3523 //
3524 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3525 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3526 // class, e.g.,
3527 //
3528 // c->B::member
3529 //
3530 // or
3531 //
3532 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003533
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003534 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3535 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3536 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003537 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003538 }
3539 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003540
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003541 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3542 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3543 // Traverse categories.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003544 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003545 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003546 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003547 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003548 }
3549
3550 // Traverse protocols.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003551 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003552 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003553 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003554 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003555 }
3556
3557 // Traverse the superclass.
3558 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3559 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3560 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003561 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003562 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003563
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003564 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3565 // synthesized ivars.
3566 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3567 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003568 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003569 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003570 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003571 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003572 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003573 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003574 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003575 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003576 }
3577 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003578 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003579 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003580 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003581 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003582 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003583
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003584 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3585 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3586 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003587 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003588 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003589 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003590 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003591}
3592
3593static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3594 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3595 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3596 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3597 if (!S)
3598 return;
3599
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003600 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3601 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003602 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3603 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003604 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003605 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Aaron Ballman35c54952014-03-17 16:55:25 +00003606 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3607 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003608 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003609 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), nullptr, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003610 Visited.add(ND);
3611 }
3612 }
3613 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003614
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003615 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003616 DeclContext *Entity = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003617 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003618 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3619 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3620 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003621 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003622 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003623
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003624 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003625 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003626 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3627 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3628 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3629 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3630 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003631 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003632 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003633 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003634 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003635 }
3636
3637 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3638 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3639 // outer scope.
3640 break;
3641 }
3642
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003643 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3644 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003645
3646 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003647 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003648 }
3649 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3650 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3651 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3652 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3653 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3654 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3655 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003656 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003657 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003658 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003659 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003660 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003661 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003662 }
3663
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003664 if (Entity) {
3665 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3666 // directives.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +00003667 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity))
3668 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UUE.getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003669 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003670 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003671 }
3672
3673 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3674 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3675 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3676}
3677
3678void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003679 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3680 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003681 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3682 // unqualified name lookup.
3683 Scope *Initial = S;
3684 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003685 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003686 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3687 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3688 S = S->getParent();
3689
3690 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3691 }
3692 UDirs.done();
3693
3694 // Look for visible declarations.
3695 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003696 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003697 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003698 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3699 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003700 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3701 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3702}
3703
3704void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003705 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3706 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003707 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003708 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003709 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003710 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3711 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003712 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003713 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003714 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003715}
3716
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003717/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003718/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3719/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3720/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003721LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003722 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003723 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003724 NamedDecl *Res = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003725
3726 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3727 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3728 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3729 Scope *S = CurScope;
3730 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3731 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3732 }
3733
3734 // Not a GNU local label.
3735 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3736 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3737 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003738 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003739 Res = nullptr;
3740 if (!Res) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003741 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003742 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3743 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003744 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3745 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003746 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003747 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3748}
3749
3750//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003751// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003752//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003753
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003754static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3755 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3756 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3757 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3758}
3759
3760static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3761 LookupResult &Res,
3762 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3763 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3764 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3765 bool EnteringContext,
3766 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3767 bool FindHidden);
3768
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003769/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3770/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3771/// a module' correction.
3772static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC) {
3773 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3774 return;
3775
3776 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3777
3778 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3779 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3780 break;
3781 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3782 if (DI == DE)
3783 return;
3784
3785 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3786 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3787
3788 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3789 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3790 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3791 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3792
3793 if (VisibleDecl) {
3794 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3795 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3796 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3797 NewDecls.clear();
3798 }
3799 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3800 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3801 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3802 }
3803
3804 if (NewDecls.empty())
3805 TC = TypoCorrection();
3806 else {
3807 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3808 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3809 }
3810}
3811
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003812// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3813// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3814// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3815static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3816 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3817 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3818 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3819 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3820 else
3821 Identifiers.clear();
3822
3823 const IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
3824
3825 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3826 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3827 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3828 break;
3829
3830 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3831 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3832 return;
3833 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3834 break;
3835
3836 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3837 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3838 break;
3839
3840 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3841 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3842 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3843 break;
3844
3845 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00003846 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003847 return;
3848 }
3849
3850 if (II)
3851 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3852}
3853
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003854void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003855 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003856 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3857 if (Hiding)
3858 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003859
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003860 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3861 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3862 // etc.).
3863 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3864 if (!Name)
3865 return;
3866
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003867 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3868 // names that exactly match.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003869 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name != Typo &&
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003870 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3871 return;
3872
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003873 FoundName(Name->getName());
3874}
3875
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003876void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003877 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3878 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003879 addName(Name, nullptr);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003880}
3881
3882void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3883 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3884 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003885 addName(Keyword, nullptr, nullptr, true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003886}
3887
3888void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3889 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003890 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3891 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003892 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
3893 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)TypoStr.size());
3894 if (MinED && TypoStr.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003895 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003896
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003897 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3898 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003899 unsigned UpperBound = (TypoStr.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3900 unsigned ED = TypoStr.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003901 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003902
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003903 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003904 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003905 TC.setCorrectionRange(nullptr, Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003906 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003907}
3908
Kaelyn Takatad2287c32014-10-27 18:07:13 +00003909static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3910
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003911void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003912 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003913 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003914
3915 // For very short typos, ignore potential corrections that have a different
3916 // base identifier from the typo or which have a normalized edit distance
3917 // longer than the typo itself.
3918 if (TypoStr.size() < 3 &&
3919 (Name != TypoStr || Correction.getEditDistance(true) > TypoStr.size()))
3920 return;
3921
3922 // If the correction is resolved but is not viable, ignore it.
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003923 if (Correction.isResolved()) {
3924 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Correction);
3925 if (!Correction || !isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Correction))
3926 return;
3927 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003928
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003929 TypoResultList &CList =
3930 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003931
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003932 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3933 CList.pop_back();
3934 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3935 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3936 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3937 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3938 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3939 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3940 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3941 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3942 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3943 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3944 *RI = Correction;
3945 return;
3946 }
3947 }
3948 }
3949 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3950 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003951
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003952 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003953 CorrectionResults.erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
3954}
3955
3956void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addNamespaces(
3957 const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces) {
3958 SearchNamespaces = true;
3959
3960 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
3961 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
3962
3963 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
3964 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3965 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3966 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
3967 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
3968 }
Richard Smith2a40fb72015-11-18 01:19:02 +00003969 // Do not transform this into an iterator-based loop. The loop body can
3970 // trigger the creation of further types (through lazy deserialization) and
3971 // invalide iterators into this list.
3972 auto &Types = SemaRef.getASTContext().getTypes();
3973 for (unsigned I = 0; I != Types.size(); ++I) {
3974 const auto *TI = Types[I];
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003975 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3976 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
3977 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3978 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
3979 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
3980 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
3981 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(CD);
3982 }
3983 }
3984}
3985
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003986const TypoCorrection &TypoCorrectionConsumer::getNextCorrection() {
3987 if (++CurrentTCIndex < ValidatedCorrections.size())
3988 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3989
3990 CurrentTCIndex = ValidatedCorrections.size();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003991 while (!CorrectionResults.empty()) {
3992 auto DI = CorrectionResults.begin();
3993 if (DI->second.empty()) {
3994 CorrectionResults.erase(DI);
3995 continue;
3996 }
3997
3998 auto RI = DI->second.begin();
3999 if (RI->second.empty()) {
4000 DI->second.erase(RI);
4001 performQualifiedLookups();
4002 continue;
4003 }
4004
4005 TypoCorrection TC = RI->second.pop_back_val();
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00004006 if (TC.isResolved() || TC.requiresImport() || resolveCorrection(TC)) {
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00004007 ValidatedCorrections.push_back(TC);
4008 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
4009 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004010 }
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00004011 return ValidatedCorrections[0]; // The empty correction.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004012}
4013
4014bool TypoCorrectionConsumer::resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
4015 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
4016 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004017 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004018retry_lookup:
4019 LookupPotentialTypoResult(SemaRef, Result, Name, S, TempSS, TempMemberContext,
4020 EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004021 CorrectionValidator->IsObjCIvarLookup,
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004022 Name == Typo && !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
4023 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
4024 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4025 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4026 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
4027 if (TempSS) {
4028 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
4029 TempSS = nullptr;
4030 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
4031 goto retry_lookup;
4032 }
4033 if (TempMemberContext) {
4034 if (SS && !TempSS)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004035 TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004036 TempMemberContext = nullptr;
4037 goto retry_lookup;
4038 }
4039 if (SearchNamespaces)
4040 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
4041 break;
4042
4043 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4044 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
4045 break;
4046
4047 case LookupResult::Found:
4048 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
4049 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
4050 for (auto *TRD : Result)
4051 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00004052 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Candidate);
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004053 if (!isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Candidate)) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004054 if (SearchNamespaces)
4055 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
4056 break;
4057 }
Kaelyn Takata20deb1d2015-01-28 00:46:09 +00004058 Candidate.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004059 return true;
4060 }
4061 return false;
4062}
4063
4064void TypoCorrectionConsumer::performQualifiedLookups() {
4065 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Benjamin Kramer2e018ef2016-05-27 13:36:58 +00004066 for (const TypoCorrection &QR : QualifiedResults) {
4067 for (const auto &NSI : Namespaces) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004068 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
4069 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
4070
4071 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
4072 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
4073 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
4074 // is an appropriate correction.
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00004075 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl = NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() :
4076 nullptr) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004077 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
4078 continue;
4079 }
4080
4081 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
4082 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
4083 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
4084 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
4085 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
4086
4087 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
4088 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
4089 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
4090 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
4091 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo && TmpED &&
4092 TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
4093 continue;
4094
4095 Result.clear();
4096 Result.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
4097 if (!SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Ctx))
4098 continue;
4099
4100 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
4101 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
4102 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
4103 case LookupResult::Found:
4104 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
4105 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
4106 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
4107 std::string OldQualified;
4108 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
4109 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());
4110 OldOStream << Typo->getName();
4111 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
4112 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
4113 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
4114 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
4115 break;
4116 }
4117 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = Result.begin(), TRDEnd = Result.end();
4118 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
4119 if (SemaRef.CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4120 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
4121 : nullptr,
4122 TRD.getPair()) == Sema::AR_accessible)
4123 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
4124 }
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004125 if (TC.isResolved()) {
4126 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004127 addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004128 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004129 break;
4130 }
4131 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4132 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4133 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4134 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
4135 break;
4136 }
4137 }
4138 }
4139 QualifiedResults.clear();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004140}
4141
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004142TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::NamespaceSpecifierSet(
4143 ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext, CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramer15537272015-03-13 16:10:42 +00004144 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(buildContextChain(CurContext)) {
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004145 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
4146 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
4147 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
4148 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4149
4150 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4151 }
4152 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
4153 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
4154 // context.
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004155 for (DeclContext *C : llvm::reverse(CurContextChain)) {
4156 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(C))
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004157 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
4158 }
4159
4160 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004161 SpecifierInfo SI = {cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
4162 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1};
4163 DistanceMap[1].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004164}
4165
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00004166auto TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildContextChain(
4167 DeclContext *Start) -> DeclContextList {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00004168 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004169 DeclContextList Chain;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004170 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004171 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
4172 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
4173 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
4174 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
4175 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
4176 }
4177 return Chain;
4178}
4179
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004180unsigned
4181TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildNestedNameSpecifier(
4182 DeclContextList &DeclChain, NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004183 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004184 for (DeclContext *C : llvm::reverse(DeclChain)) {
4185 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(C)) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004186 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
4187 ++NumSpecifiers;
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004188 } else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(C)) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004189 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
4190 RD->getTypeForDecl());
4191 ++NumSpecifiers;
4192 }
4193 }
4194 return NumSpecifiers;
4195}
4196
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004197void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::addNameSpecifier(
4198 DeclContext *Ctx) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004199 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004200 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00004201 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(buildContextChain(Ctx));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004202 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
4203
4204 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
David Majnemerf7e36092016-06-23 00:15:04 +00004205 for (DeclContext *C : llvm::reverse(CurContextChain)) {
4206 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty() || NamespaceDeclChain.back() != C)
4207 break;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004208 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
4209 }
4210
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004211 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004212 NumSpecifiers = buildNestedNameSpecifier(NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004213
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004214 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
4215 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004216 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004217 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004218 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004219 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004220 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
4221 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004222 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004223 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
4224 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004225 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
4226 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004227 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
4228 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
4229 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4230 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4231 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4232 SpecifierOStream.flush();
4233 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004234 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004235 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
4236 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
4237 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
4238 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
4239 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
4240 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004241 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004242 }
4243 }
4244
4245 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
4246 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
4247 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
4248 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
4249 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
4250 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4251 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4252 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
Craig Topper8c2a2a02014-08-30 16:55:39 +00004253 llvm::makeArrayRef(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
4254 llvm::makeArrayRef(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004255 }
4256
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004257 SpecifierInfo SI = {Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers};
4258 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004259}
4260
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004261/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
4262static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
4263 LookupResult &Res,
4264 IdentifierInfo *Name,
4265 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4266 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4267 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004268 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
4269 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004270 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4271 Res.clear();
4272 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004273 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004274 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004275 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004276 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004277 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4278 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
4279 Res.resolveKind();
4280 return;
4281 }
4282 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004283
Manman Ren5b786402016-01-28 18:49:28 +00004284 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(
4285 Name, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004286 Res.addDecl(Prop);
4287 Res.resolveKind();
4288 return;
4289 }
4290 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004291
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004292 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
4293 return;
4294 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004295
4296 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004297 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004298
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004299 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
4300 // LookupParsedName.
4301 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
4302 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004303 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004304 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
4305 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004306 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004307 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4308 Res.addDecl(IV);
4309 Res.resolveKind();
4310 }
4311 }
4312 }
4313}
4314
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004315/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
4316static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
4317 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004318 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4319 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4320 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4321 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
4322 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4323 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
4324 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
4325 return;
4326 }
4327
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004328 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
4329 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004330
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004331 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004332 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004333 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004334 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004335 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004336 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
4337 // storage-specifiers as well
4338 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
4339 };
4340
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004341 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004342 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
4343 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
4344
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004345 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004346 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004347 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004348 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004349 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004350 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
4351
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004352 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004353 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
4354 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
4355 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
4356
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004357 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004358 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
4359 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
4360 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
4361 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
4362 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
4363 }
4364 }
4365
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004366 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004367 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004368 } else if (CCC.WantFunctionLikeCasts) {
4369 static const char *const CastableTypeSpecs[] = {
4370 "char", "double", "float", "int", "long", "short",
4371 "signed", "unsigned", "void"
4372 };
4373 for (auto *kw : CastableTypeSpecs)
4374 Consumer.addKeywordResult(kw);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004375 }
4376
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004377 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004378 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
4379 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
4380 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
4381 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
4382 }
4383
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004384 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004385 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004386 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004387 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
4388 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
4389 }
4390
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004391 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004392 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004393 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
4394 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004395 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004396 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
4397 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
4398
4399 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
4400 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
4401 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
4402
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004403 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004404 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
4405 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
4406 }
4407 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00004408
4409 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
4410 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
4411 // is present.
4412 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
4413 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004414 }
4415
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004416 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004417 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
4418 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004419 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004420 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004421 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004422 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
4423 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
4424
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004425 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004426 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
4427 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
4428 }
4429
4430 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
4431 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
4432
4433 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
4434 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
4435
4436 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
4437 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
4438 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
4439 }
4440 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004441 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004442 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
4443 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4444 }
4445
4446 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
4447 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
4448 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
4449 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
4450 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
4451 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
4452 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
4453 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
4454 }
4455 }
4456
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004457 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004458 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
4459
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004460 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004461 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
4462 }
4463 }
4464}
4465
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004466std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Sema::makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4467 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4468 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4469 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4470 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004471 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, bool ErrorRecovery) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004472
4473 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4474 DisableTypoCorrection)
4475 return nullptr;
4476
4477 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4478 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4479 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
4480 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
4481 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4482 return nullptr;
4483
4484 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
4485 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4486 if (!Typo)
4487 return nullptr;
4488
4489 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4490 // typos.
4491 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
4492 return nullptr;
4493
4494 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4495 // instantiation.
4496 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
4497 return nullptr;
4498
4499 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4500 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4501 return nullptr;
4502
4503 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4504 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4505 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
4506 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
4507 return nullptr;
4508
4509 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4510 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4511 // remove this workaround.
Ulrich Weigand3c5038a2015-07-30 14:08:36 +00004512 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector) && Typo->isStr("vector"))
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004513 return nullptr;
4514
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004515 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4516 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4517 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4518 unsigned Limit = getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticOptions().SpellCheckingLimit;
4519 if (Limit && TyposCorrected >= Limit)
4520 return nullptr;
4521 ++TyposCorrected;
4522
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004523 // If we're handling a missing symbol error, using modules, and the
4524 // special search all modules option is used, look for a missing import.
4525 if (ErrorRecovery && getLangOpts().Modules &&
4526 getLangOpts().ModulesSearchAll) {
4527 // The following has the side effect of loading the missing module.
4528 getModuleLoader().lookupMissingImports(Typo->getName(),
4529 TypoName.getLocStart());
4530 }
4531
4532 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCCRef = *CCC;
4533 auto Consumer = llvm::make_unique<TypoCorrectionConsumer>(
4534 *this, TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
4535 EnteringContext);
4536
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004537 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004538 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004539 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
4540 if (MemberContext) {
4541 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4542
4543 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4544 if (OPT) {
4545 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4546 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4547 }
4548 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
4549 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4550 if (!QualifiedDC)
4551 return nullptr;
4552
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004553 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4554 } else {
4555 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004556 }
4557
4558 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4559 // corrections.
4560 bool SearchNamespaces
4561 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4562 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
4563
4564 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
4565 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4566 // seen in this translation unit.
4567 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4568 for (const auto &I : Context.Idents)
4569 Consumer->FoundName(I.getKey());
4570
4571 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
4572 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4573 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4574 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
4575 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
4576 do {
4577 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4578 if (Name.empty())
4579 break;
4580
4581 Consumer->FoundName(Name);
4582 } while (true);
4583 }
4584 }
4585
4586 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, *Consumer, S, CCCRef, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
4587
4588 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4589 // to search those namespaces.
4590 if (SearchNamespaces) {
4591 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4592 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
4593 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
4594 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4595 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4596 for (auto *N : ExternalKnownNamespaces)
4597 KnownNamespaces[N] = true;
4598 }
4599
4600 Consumer->addNamespaces(KnownNamespaces);
4601 }
4602
4603 return Consumer;
4604}
4605
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004606/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4607/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4608/// present in the source code.
4609///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004610/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4611/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4612///
4613/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004614///
4615/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4616///
4617/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4618/// looking for, if present.
4619///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004620/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4621/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4622/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4623///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004624/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4625/// a member access expression.
4626///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004627/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004628/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4629///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004630/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4631/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4632///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004633/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4634/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4635/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4636/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4637TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4638 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4639 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004640 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004641 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004642 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4643 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004644 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4645 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004646 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypo requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4647
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004648 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4649 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4650 if (ExternalSource) {
4651 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004652 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004653 return Correction;
4654 }
4655
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004656 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4657 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4658 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4659 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
4660 bool ObjCMessageReceiver = CCC->WantObjCSuper && !CCC->WantRemainingKeywords;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004661
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004662 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004663 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4664 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004665 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004666
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004667 if (!Consumer)
4668 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004669
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004670 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004671 if (Consumer->empty())
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004672 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004673
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004674 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4675 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004676 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4677 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004678 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004679 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004680
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004681 TypoCorrection BestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
4682 TypoCorrection SecondBestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004683 if (!BestTC)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004684 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004685
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004686 ED = BestTC.getEditDistance();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004687
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004688 if (TypoLen >= 3 && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004689 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4690 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4691 // that no correction was found.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004692 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004693 }
4694
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004695 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004696 if (!SecondBestTC ||
4697 SecondBestTC.getEditDistance(false) > BestTC.getEditDistance(false)) {
4698 const TypoCorrection &Result = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004699
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004700 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4701 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004702 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4703 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004704
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004705 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4706 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Kaelyn Takataa95ebc62014-06-17 23:47:29 +00004707 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC);
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004708 return TC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004709 } else if (SecondBestTC && ObjCMessageReceiver) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004710 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4711 // context.
4712
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004713 if (BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super") {
4714 if (SecondBestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() == "super")
4715 BestTC = SecondBestTC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004716 else if ((*Consumer)["super"].front().isKeyword())
4717 BestTC = (*Consumer)["super"].front();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004718 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004719 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4720 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004721 if (BestTC.getEditDistance() == 0 ||
4722 BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super")
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004723 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004724
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004725 BestTC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4726 return BestTC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004727 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004728
Kaelyn Takata73429fd2014-06-10 21:03:49 +00004729 // Record the failure's location if needed and return an empty correction. If
4730 // this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did not
4731 // filter out possible corrections, also cache the failure for the typo.
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004732 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure && !SecondBestTC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004733}
4734
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004735/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4736/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4737/// present in the source code.
4738///
4739/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4740/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4741///
4742/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
4743///
4744/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4745///
4746/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4747/// looking for, if present.
4748///
4749/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4750/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4751/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4752///
4753/// \param TDG A TypoDiagnosticGenerator functor that will be used to print
4754/// diagnostics when the actual typo correction is attempted.
4755///
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004756/// \param TRC A TypoRecoveryCallback functor that will be used to build an
4757/// Expr from a typo correction candidate.
4758///
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004759/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4760/// a member access expression.
4761///
4762/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
4763/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4764///
4765/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4766/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4767///
4768/// \returns a new \c TypoExpr that will later be replaced in the AST with an
4769/// Expr representing the result of performing typo correction, or nullptr if
4770/// typo correction is not possible. If nullptr is returned, no diagnostics will
4771/// be emitted and it is the responsibility of the caller to emit any that are
4772/// needed.
4773TypoExpr *Sema::CorrectTypoDelayed(
4774 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4775 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4776 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004777 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004778 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
4779 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT) {
4780 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypoDelayed requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4781
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004782 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4783 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004784 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004785
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004786 // Give the external sema source a chance to correct the typo.
4787 TypoCorrection ExternalTypo;
4788 if (ExternalSource && Consumer) {
4789 ExternalTypo = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Benjamin Kramer97d7a662016-05-19 21:53:33 +00004790 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *Consumer->getCorrectionValidator(),
4791 MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT);
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004792 if (ExternalTypo)
4793 Consumer->addCorrection(ExternalTypo);
4794 }
4795
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004796 if (!Consumer || Consumer->empty())
4797 return nullptr;
4798
4799 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4800 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
4801 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4802 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004803 if (!ExternalTypo && ED > 0 && Typo->getName().size() / ED < 3)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004804 return nullptr;
4805
4806 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos++;
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004807 return createDelayedTypo(std::move(Consumer), std::move(TDG), std::move(TRC));
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004808}
4809
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004810void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4811 if (!CDecl) return;
4812
4813 if (isKeyword())
4814 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4815
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00004816 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004817
4818 if (!CorrectionName)
4819 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4820}
4821
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004822std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4823 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4824 std::string tmpBuffer;
4825 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4826 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004827 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004828 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004829 }
4830
4831 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004832}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004833
Nico Weberb58e51c2014-11-19 05:21:39 +00004834bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(
4835 const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004836 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4837 return true;
4838
4839 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4840 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4841 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4842
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004843 bool HasNonType = false;
4844 bool HasStaticMethod = false;
4845 bool HasNonStaticMethod = false;
4846 for (Decl *D : candidate) {
4847 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4848 D = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4849 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4850 if (Method->isStatic())
4851 HasStaticMethod = true;
4852 else
4853 HasNonStaticMethod = true;
4854 }
4855 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(D))
4856 HasNonType = true;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004857 }
4858
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004859 if (IsAddressOfOperand && HasNonStaticMethod && !HasStaticMethod &&
4860 !candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier())
4861 return false;
4862
4863 return WantTypeSpecifiers || HasNonType;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004864}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004865
4866FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004867 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004868 MemberExpr *ME)
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004869 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004870 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext), MemberFn(ME) {
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004871 WantTypeSpecifiers = false;
4872 WantFunctionLikeCasts = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NumArgs == 1;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004873 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4874}
4875
4876bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4877 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4878 return candidate.isKeyword();
4879
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004880 for (auto *C : candidate) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004881 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004882 NamedDecl *ND = C->getUnderlyingDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004883 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4884 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4885 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4886 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4887 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4888 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4889 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4890 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4891 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4892 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4893 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004894 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004895 return true;
4896 }
4897 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004898
4899 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4900 // the current number of arguments.
4901 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4902 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4903 continue;
4904
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004905 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method, skip the candidate
4906 // unless the method being corrected--or the current DeclContext, if the
4907 // function being corrected is not a method--is a method in the same class
4908 // or a descendent class of the candidate's parent class.
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004909 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004910 if (MemberFn || !MD->isStatic()) {
4911 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD =
4912 MemberFn
4913 ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberFn->getMemberDecl())
4914 : dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004915 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004916 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004917 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4918 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4919 continue;
4920 }
4921 }
4922 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004923 }
4924 return false;
4925}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004926
4927void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4928 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4929 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4930 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4931 ErrorRecovery);
4932}
4933
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004934/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4935/// the given declaration.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004936static NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(NamedDecl *D) {
4937 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004938 return VD->getDefinition();
4939 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004940 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(FD) : nullptr;
4941 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004942 return TD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004943 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004944 return ID->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004945 if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004946 return PD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004947 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004948 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004949 return nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004950}
4951
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004952void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00004953 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004954 assert(!isVisible(Decl) && "missing import for non-hidden decl?");
4955
4956 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4957 // possible.
4958 NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4959 if (!Def)
4960 Def = Decl;
4961
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004962 Module *Owner = getOwningModule(Decl);
4963 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4964
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004965 llvm::SmallVector<Module*, 8> OwningModules;
4966 OwningModules.push_back(Owner);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004967 auto Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Decl);
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004968 OwningModules.insert(OwningModules.end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
4969
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00004970 diagnoseMissingImport(Loc, Decl, Decl->getLocation(), OwningModules, MIK,
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004971 Recover);
4972}
4973
Richard Smith4eb83932016-04-27 21:57:05 +00004974/// \brief Get a "quoted.h" or <angled.h> include path to use in a diagnostic
4975/// suggesting the addition of a #include of the specified file.
4976static std::string getIncludeStringForHeader(Preprocessor &PP,
4977 const FileEntry *E) {
4978 bool IsSystem;
4979 auto Path =
4980 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().suggestPathToFileForDiagnostics(E, &IsSystem);
4981 return (IsSystem ? '<' : '"') + Path + (IsSystem ? '>' : '"');
4982}
4983
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004984void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation UseLoc, NamedDecl *Decl,
4985 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4986 ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
4987 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
4988 assert(!Modules.empty());
4989
4990 if (Modules.size() > 1) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004991 std::string ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004992 unsigned N = 0;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004993 for (Module *M : Modules) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004994 ModuleList += "\n ";
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004995 if (++N == 5 && N != Modules.size()) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004996 ModuleList += "[...]";
4997 break;
4998 }
4999 ModuleList += M->getFullModuleName();
5000 }
5001
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005002 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_multiple)
5003 << (int)MIK << Decl << ModuleList;
Richard Smith4eb83932016-04-27 21:57:05 +00005004 } else if (const FileEntry *E =
5005 PP.getModuleHeaderToIncludeForDiagnostics(UseLoc, DeclLoc)) {
5006 // The right way to make the declaration visible is to include a header;
5007 // suggest doing so.
5008 //
5009 // FIXME: Find a smart place to suggest inserting a #include, and add
5010 // a FixItHint there.
5011 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_header)
5012 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName()
5013 << getIncludeStringForHeader(PP, E);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005014 } else {
Richard Smithacef17a2016-05-05 02:14:06 +00005015 // FIXME: Add a FixItHint that imports the corresponding module.
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005016 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use)
5017 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName();
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005018 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005019
5020 unsigned DiagID;
5021 switch (MIK) {
5022 case MissingImportKind::Declaration:
5023 DiagID = diag::note_previous_declaration;
5024 break;
5025 case MissingImportKind::Definition:
5026 DiagID = diag::note_previous_definition;
5027 break;
5028 case MissingImportKind::DefaultArgument:
5029 DiagID = diag::note_default_argument_declared_here;
5030 break;
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00005031 case MissingImportKind::ExplicitSpecialization:
5032 DiagID = diag::note_explicit_specialization_declared_here;
5033 break;
5034 case MissingImportKind::PartialSpecialization:
5035 DiagID = diag::note_partial_specialization_declared_here;
5036 break;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005037 }
5038 Diag(DeclLoc, DiagID);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005039
5040 // Try to recover by implicitly importing this module.
5041 if (Recover)
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005042 createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(UseLoc, Modules[0]);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005043}
5044
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005045/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
5046/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
5047///
5048/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
5049/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
5050/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
5051/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
5052/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
5053/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
5054/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
5055/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
5056/// to it.
5057void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
5058 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
5059 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
5060 bool ErrorRecovery) {
5061 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
5062 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
5063 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
5064 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
5065
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005066 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
5067 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00005068 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005069 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
5070
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005071 diagnoseMissingImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), Decl,
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00005072 MissingImportKind::Declaration, ErrorRecovery);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005073 return;
5074 }
5075
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005076 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
5077 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
5078
5079 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00005080 Correction.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005081 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
5082 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
5083 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
5084}
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005085
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00005086TypoExpr *Sema::createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
5087 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
5088 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005089 assert(TCC && "createDelayedTypo requires a valid TypoCorrectionConsumer");
5090 auto TE = new (Context) TypoExpr(Context.DependentTy);
5091 auto &State = DelayedTypos[TE];
5092 State.Consumer = std::move(TCC);
5093 State.DiagHandler = std::move(TDG);
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00005094 State.RecoveryHandler = std::move(TRC);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005095 return TE;
5096}
5097
5098const Sema::TypoExprState &Sema::getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const {
5099 auto Entry = DelayedTypos.find(TE);
5100 assert(Entry != DelayedTypos.end() &&
5101 "Failed to get the state for a TypoExpr!");
5102 return Entry->second;
5103}
5104
5105void Sema::clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE) {
5106 DelayedTypos.erase(TE);
5107}
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +00005108
5109void Sema::ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation IILoc, IdentifierInfo *II) {
5110 DeclarationNameInfo Name(II, IILoc);
5111 LookupResult R(*this, Name, LookupAnyName, Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
5112 R.suppressDiagnostics();
5113 R.setHideTags(false);
5114 LookupName(R, S);
5115 R.dump();
5116}